From 840565a70870ff8ae0bd0cc5278c162bce2281ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steve Hay Date: Thu, 1 Sep 2011 13:34:38 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] Update Win32 canned config header files There should be no real changes here: just run the regen_config_h target in the Makefile, and then restore various Win32-specific things (mostly the support of GCC in a VC++ build and vice versa) which get lost. --- win32/config_H.bc | 2924 ++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- win32/config_H.gc | 2966 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ win32/config_H.gc64 | 2902 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- win32/config_H.gc64nox | 2902 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- win32/config_H.vc | 2948 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ win32/config_H.vc64 | 2876 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 6 files changed, 8843 insertions(+), 8675 deletions(-) diff --git a/win32/config_H.bc b/win32/config_H.bc index cbb8ae4..a47c3a2 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.bc +++ b/win32/config_H.bc @@ -1,20 +1,16 @@ -/* - * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which +/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by * running Configure. * * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. - * - * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ -/* - * Package name : perl5 +/* Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Mon Jan 11 00:09:46 2010 - * Configured by : Steve + * Configuration time: Wed Aug 31 22:05:09 2011 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -72,7 +68,7 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/ +#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is @@ -910,7 +906,7 @@ /* HAS_QUAD: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T, * or QUAD_IS___INT64. */ @@ -926,18 +922,28 @@ # define QUAD_IS___INT64 5 #endif -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -979,63 +985,54 @@ #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ -/* CAT2: - * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "" -#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON" -#define CPPLAST "" +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif +#else +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) +/* CHARBITS: + * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is @@ -1056,53 +1053,32 @@ /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/ #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats - */ -/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: - * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs +#define CASTI32 /**/ + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ -/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ /* HAS_CRYPT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine @@ -1117,17 +1093,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/ #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine * is available to ctermid re-entrantly. @@ -1167,26 +1132,12 @@ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/ #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_EACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is * available to do extended access checks. */ /*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. @@ -1200,12 +1151,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/ #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -1219,12 +1164,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine * is available to endnetent re-entrantly. @@ -1238,12 +1177,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine * is available to endprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -1257,12 +1190,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1276,12 +1203,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/ #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -1295,17 +1216,28 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) /* HAS_GETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine @@ -1346,53 +1278,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/ #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1432,14 +1317,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1453,24 +1330,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1510,41 +1369,12 @@ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine @@ -1585,21 +1415,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1639,12 +1454,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/ #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -1684,14 +1493,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/ #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -1705,17 +1506,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/ #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - /* HAS_GMTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. @@ -1729,30 +1519,28 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine @@ -1780,87 +1568,27 @@ /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/ #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available to setup fork handlers. */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available to setup fork handlers. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ /* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield @@ -1920,17 +1648,28 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ /* HAS_SETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine @@ -1945,12 +1684,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/ #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -1977,12 +1710,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine * is available to setnetent re-entrantly. @@ -1996,24 +1723,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2027,12 +1736,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. @@ -2046,12 +1749,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/ #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -2065,79 +1762,42 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine @@ -2165,39 +1825,75 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer) +#endif /* HAS_STRERROR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine @@ -2212,30 +1908,6 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - /* HAS_TMPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. @@ -2262,1062 +1934,1198 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ - -/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the - * fork routine is available. +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* I_DIRENT: +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define I_GRP / **/ -/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/* I_GDBMNDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in RedHat 7.1. +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* I_GDBM_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in Debian 4.0. +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -/*#define I_NDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ -/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. */ -/*#define I_NETDB / **/ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + * Only valid up to 5.8.x. */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -#define Off_t long /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. +/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports + * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called + * from another translation unit. */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. +/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static + * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will + * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, + * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined + * to something that gives static linkage. + * Possibilities include + * static inline (c99) + * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) + * static __inline (MSVC) + * static _inline (older MSVC) + * static (c89 compilers) */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ +/*#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE / **/ +#define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static /**/ -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. */ -#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ +/*#define EBCDIC / **/ -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* CAT2: + * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +#define CPPMINUS "" +#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON" +#define CPPLAST "" -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. +/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: + * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ +/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ #endif -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ +/*#define DOSUID / **/ -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "USR1", "USR2", "CHLD", "NUM19", "USR3", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. */ -#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - * Only valid up to 5.8.x. +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ #endif -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ #endif -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ -/* CHARBITS: - * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. */ -#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. */ -#define CASTI32 /**/ - -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list +/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports - * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called - * from another translation unit. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static - * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will - * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, - * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined - * to something that gives static linkage. - * Possibilities include - * static inline (c99) - * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) - * static __inline (MSVC) - * static _inline (older MSVC) - * static (c89 compilers) +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE / **/ -#define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static /**/ - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr + * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of + * the structure. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6 + * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/ + +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ #endif -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer) -#endif +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ +/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the + * fork routine is available. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile +#endif + +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. + */ +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. + */ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP / **/ +/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/* I_GDBMNDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in RedHat 7.1. */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +/* I_GDBM_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in Debian 4.0. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. + */ +/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. + */ +/*#define I_NDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ +/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ +/*#define I_NETDB / **/ -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_PWD / **/ +/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ +/*#define PWAGE / **/ +/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ +/*#define PWCLASS / **/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ +/*#define PWGECOS / **/ +/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ + +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ + +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ + +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. + */ +#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define EBCDIC / **/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "USR1", "USR2", "CHLD", "NUM19", "USR3", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ -/*#define DOSUID / **/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif /* PERL_USE_DEVEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with @@ -3606,7 +3414,7 @@ /* HAS_GETESPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/ @@ -3747,7 +3555,7 @@ /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named * (with a suffix) temporary file. */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ @@ -3797,6 +3605,17 @@ */ /*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ +/* HAS_PRCTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME. + */ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/ + /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. @@ -4436,7 +4255,7 @@ /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant - * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary + * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. */ /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: @@ -4537,6 +4356,16 @@ */ #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/* ST_INO_SIZE: + * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. + */ +/* ST_INO_SIGN: + * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */ +#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */ + /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -4573,8 +4402,8 @@ * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 */ -#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ -#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/ @@ -4667,4 +4496,203 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS / **/ #endif +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t long /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc b/win32/config_H.gc index bd18ffe..fce9e21 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.gc +++ b/win32/config_H.gc @@ -1,20 +1,16 @@ -/* - * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which +/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by * running Configure. * * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. - * - * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ -/* - * Package name : perl5 +/* Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Sun Jan 10 19:53:56 2010 - * Configured by : Steve + * Configuration time: Thu Sep 1 13:36:38 2011 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -72,7 +68,7 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/ +#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is @@ -910,7 +906,7 @@ /* HAS_QUAD: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T, * or QUAD_IS___INT64. */ @@ -932,18 +928,28 @@ # define QUAD_IS___INT64 5 #endif -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -985,71 +991,54 @@ #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ -/* CAT2: - * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#undef STRINGIFY -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#undef STRINGIFY -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" -# define CPPMINUS "-" -# define CPPRUN "gcc -E" +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif #else -# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -# define CPPMINUS "" -# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" -#endif -#define CPPLAST "" +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) +/* CHARBITS: + * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is @@ -1070,57 +1059,34 @@ /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/ #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from - * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of - * the compiler version in . - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats - */ -/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: - * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define CASTI32 /**/ +#endif + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ -/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ /* HAS_CRYPT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine @@ -1135,17 +1101,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/ #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine * is available to ctermid re-entrantly. @@ -1185,26 +1140,12 @@ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/ #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_EACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is * available to do extended access checks. */ /*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. @@ -1218,12 +1159,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/ #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -1237,12 +1172,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine * is available to endnetent re-entrantly. @@ -1256,12 +1185,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine * is available to endprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -1275,12 +1198,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1294,12 +1211,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/ #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -1313,17 +1224,28 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) /* HAS_GETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine @@ -1364,53 +1286,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/ #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1450,14 +1325,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1471,24 +1338,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1528,41 +1377,12 @@ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine @@ -1603,21 +1423,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1657,12 +1462,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/ #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -1702,14 +1501,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/ #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -1723,17 +1514,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/ #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - /* HAS_GMTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. @@ -1747,30 +1527,28 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine @@ -1798,89 +1576,25 @@ /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/ #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -# ifndef _MSC_VER -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ -# else -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -# endif -#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available to setup fork handlers. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available to setup fork handlers. */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ @@ -1942,17 +1656,28 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ /* HAS_SETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine @@ -1967,12 +1692,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/ #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -1999,12 +1718,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine * is available to setnetent re-entrantly. @@ -2018,24 +1731,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2049,12 +1744,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. @@ -2068,12 +1757,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/ #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -2087,79 +1770,42 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine @@ -2187,39 +1833,75 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif /* HAS_STRERROR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine @@ -2234,30 +1916,6 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - /* HAS_TMPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. @@ -2284,1068 +1942,1218 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ - -/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the - * fork routine is available. +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* I_DIRENT: +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define I_GRP / **/ -/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/* I_GDBMNDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in RedHat 7.1. - */ -/* I_GDBM_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in Debian 4.0. - */ -/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -/*#define I_NDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ -/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. */ -/*#define I_NETDB / **/ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + * Only valid up to 5.8.x. */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -#define Off_t long /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. +/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports + * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called + * from another translation unit. */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. +/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static + * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will + * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, + * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined + * to something that gives static linkage. + * Possibilities include + * static inline (c99) + * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) + * static __inline (MSVC) + * static _inline (older MSVC) + * static (c89 compilers) */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ +#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ +#else +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ +#endif -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. */ -#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ +/*#define EBCDIC / **/ -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* CAT2: + * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#undef STRINGIFY +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#undef STRINGIFY +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" +# define CPPMINUS "-" +# define CPPRUN "gcc -E" +#else +# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +# define CPPMINUS "" +# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#endif +#define CPPLAST "" -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from + * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of + * the compiler version in . */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: + * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ +/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ +/*#define DOSUID / **/ -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - * Only valid up to 5.8.x. +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ #endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ -/* CHARBITS: - * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. */ -#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ - -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define CASTI32 /**/ -#endif +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +# ifndef _MSC_VER +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ +# else +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +# endif +#endif -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ #endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ -/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports - * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called - * from another translation unit. +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static - * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will - * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, - * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined - * to something that gives static linkage. - * Possibilities include - * static inline (c99) - * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) - * static __inline (MSVC) - * static _inline (older MSVC) - * static (c89 compilers) +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. */ -#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ -#else -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ + +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ +/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr + * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of + * the structure. + */ +/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6 + * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id. + */ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ +#endif -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) + +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ + +/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the + * fork routine is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". + */ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. + */ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile +#endif + +/* I_DIRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/*#define I_GRP / **/ +/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ + +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/* I_GDBMNDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in RedHat 7.1. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/* I_GDBM_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in Debian 4.0. + */ +/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. + */ +/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. + */ +/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. + */ +/*#define I_NDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ +/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ +/*#define I_NETDB / **/ -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ + +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. + */ +#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define EBCDIC / **/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ -/*#define DOSUID / **/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif /* PERL_USE_DEVEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with @@ -3634,7 +3442,7 @@ /* HAS_GETESPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/ @@ -3775,7 +3583,7 @@ /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named * (with a suffix) temporary file. */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ @@ -3825,6 +3633,17 @@ */ /*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ +/* HAS_PRCTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME. + */ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/ + /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. @@ -4464,7 +4283,7 @@ /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant - * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary + * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. */ /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: @@ -4570,6 +4389,16 @@ */ #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/* ST_INO_SIZE: + * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. + */ +/* ST_INO_SIGN: + * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */ +#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */ + /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -4606,8 +4435,8 @@ * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 */ -#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ -#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/ @@ -4700,4 +4529,203 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS / **/ #endif +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t long /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc64 b/win32/config_H.gc64 index e1ff5bc..5b20a4c 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.gc64 +++ b/win32/config_H.gc64 @@ -1,20 +1,16 @@ -/* - * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which +/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by * running Configure. * * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. - * - * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ -/* - * Package name : perl5 +/* Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Sun Jan 10 19:53:56 2010 - * Configured by : Steve + * Configuration time: Thu Sep 1 13:36:38 2011 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -72,7 +68,7 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/ +#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is @@ -910,7 +906,7 @@ /* HAS_QUAD: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T, * or QUAD_IS___INT64. */ @@ -932,18 +928,28 @@ # define QUAD_IS___INT64 5 #endif -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -985,71 +991,54 @@ #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ -/* CAT2: - * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#undef STRINGIFY -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#undef STRINGIFY -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define CPPSTDIN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E" -# define CPPMINUS "-" -# define CPPRUN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E" +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif #else -# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -# define CPPMINUS "" -# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" -#endif -#define CPPLAST "" +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) +/* CHARBITS: + * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is @@ -1070,57 +1059,34 @@ /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/ #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from - * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of - * the compiler version in . - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats - */ -/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: - * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define CASTI32 /**/ +#endif + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ -/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ /* HAS_CRYPT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine @@ -1135,17 +1101,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/ #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine * is available to ctermid re-entrantly. @@ -1185,26 +1140,12 @@ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/ #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_EACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is * available to do extended access checks. */ /*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. @@ -1218,12 +1159,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/ #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -1237,12 +1172,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine * is available to endnetent re-entrantly. @@ -1256,12 +1185,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine * is available to endprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -1275,12 +1198,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1294,12 +1211,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/ #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -1313,17 +1224,28 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) /* HAS_GETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine @@ -1364,53 +1286,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/ #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1450,14 +1325,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1471,24 +1338,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1528,41 +1377,12 @@ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine @@ -1603,21 +1423,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1657,12 +1462,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/ #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -1702,14 +1501,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/ #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -1723,17 +1514,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/ #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - /* HAS_GMTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. @@ -1747,30 +1527,28 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine @@ -1798,91 +1576,25 @@ /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/ #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -# ifndef _MSC_VER -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ -# else -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -# endif -#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#endif -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available to setup fork handlers. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available to setup fork handlers. */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ @@ -1944,17 +1656,28 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ /* HAS_SETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine @@ -1969,12 +1692,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/ #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -2001,12 +1718,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine * is available to setnetent re-entrantly. @@ -2020,24 +1731,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2051,12 +1744,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. @@ -2070,12 +1757,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/ #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -2089,79 +1770,42 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine @@ -2189,39 +1833,75 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif /* HAS_STRERROR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine @@ -2236,30 +1916,6 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - /* HAS_TMPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. @@ -2286,335 +1942,117 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ - -/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the - * fork routine is available. +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* I_DIRENT: +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define I_GRP / **/ -/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/* I_GDBMNDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in RedHat 7.1. - */ -/* I_GDBM_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in Debian 4.0. - */ -/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/*#define I_NDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ -/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NETDB / **/ - -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD / **/ -/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ -/*#define PWAGE / **/ -/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ -/*#define PWCLASS / **/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ -/*#define PWGECOS / **/ -/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ - -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t long /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. - */ -#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK /* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl @@ -2626,13 +2064,6 @@ */ /*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - /* PRIVLIB: * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's @@ -2646,80 +2077,38 @@ #define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ #define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ +#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */ +#else +# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ +#endif /* USE_ITHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to @@ -2867,491 +2222,944 @@ /*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ /*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports + * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called + * from another translation unit. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. +/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static + * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will + * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, + * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined + * to something that gives static linkage. + * Possibilities include + * static inline (c99) + * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) + * static __inline (MSVC) + * static _inline (older MSVC) + * static (c89 compilers) */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ #else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ #endif -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +/*#define EBCDIC / **/ -/* CHARBITS: - * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ - -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define CASTI32 /**/ -#endif +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. +/* CAT2: + * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#undef STRINGIFY +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#undef STRINGIFY +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define CPPSTDIN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E" +# define CPPMINUS "-" +# define CPPRUN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E" +#else +# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +# define CPPMINUS "" +# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#endif +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from + * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of + * the compiler version in . + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats + */ +/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: + * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ +/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ + +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. + */ +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. + */ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. + */ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ +/*#define DOSUID / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. + */ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +# ifndef _MSC_VER +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ +# else +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +# endif +#endif -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#endif +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ + +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ + +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. + */ +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. + */ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr + * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of + * the structure. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif - -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6 + * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ +#endif -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ -/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports - * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called - * from another translation unit. +/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the + * fork routine is available. */ -/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static - * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will - * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, - * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined - * to something that gives static linkage. - * Possibilities include - * static inline (c99) - * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) - * static __inline (MSVC) - * static _inline (older MSVC) - * static (c89 compilers) +/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ -#else -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. + */ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile #endif -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct + +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +/*#define I_GRP / **/ +/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ + +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +/* I_GDBMNDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in RedHat 7.1. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* I_GDBM_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in Debian 4.0. */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). +/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/*#define I_NDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ +/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ +/*#define I_NETDB / **/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ -/* I_TIME: +/* I_PWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . + * include . */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define I_PWD / **/ +/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ +/*#define PWAGE / **/ +/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ +/*#define PWCLASS / **/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ +/*#define PWGECOS / **/ +/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */ +#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args #else -# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ +#define _(args) () #endif -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define EBCDIC / **/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ -/*#define DOSUID / **/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif /* PERL_USE_DEVEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with @@ -3640,7 +3448,7 @@ /* HAS_GETESPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/ @@ -3781,7 +3589,7 @@ /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named * (with a suffix) temporary file. */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ @@ -3831,6 +3639,17 @@ */ /*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ +/* HAS_PRCTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME. + */ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/ + /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. @@ -4470,7 +4289,7 @@ /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant - * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary + * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. */ /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: @@ -4581,6 +4400,16 @@ */ #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/* ST_INO_SIZE: + * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. + */ +/* ST_INO_SIGN: + * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */ +#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */ + /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -4617,8 +4446,8 @@ * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 */ -#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ -#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/ @@ -4711,4 +4540,203 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS / **/ #endif +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t long /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 8 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc64nox b/win32/config_H.gc64nox index fc0a434..732cd3f 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.gc64nox +++ b/win32/config_H.gc64nox @@ -1,20 +1,16 @@ -/* - * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which +/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by * running Configure. * * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. - * - * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ -/* - * Package name : perl5 +/* Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Sun Jan 10 19:53:56 2010 - * Configured by : Steve + * Configuration time: Thu Sep 1 13:36:38 2011 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -72,7 +68,7 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/ +#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is @@ -910,7 +906,7 @@ /* HAS_QUAD: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T, * or QUAD_IS___INT64. */ @@ -932,18 +928,28 @@ # define QUAD_IS___INT64 5 #endif -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -985,71 +991,54 @@ #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ -/* CAT2: - * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#undef STRINGIFY -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#undef STRINGIFY -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" -# define CPPMINUS "-" -# define CPPRUN "gcc -E" +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif #else -# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -# define CPPMINUS "" -# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" -#endif -#define CPPLAST "" +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) +/* CHARBITS: + * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is @@ -1070,57 +1059,34 @@ /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/ #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from - * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of - * the compiler version in . - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats - */ -/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: - * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define CASTI32 /**/ +#endif + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ -/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ /* HAS_CRYPT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine @@ -1135,17 +1101,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/ #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine * is available to ctermid re-entrantly. @@ -1185,26 +1140,12 @@ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/ #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_EACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is * available to do extended access checks. */ /*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. @@ -1218,12 +1159,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/ #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -1237,12 +1172,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine * is available to endnetent re-entrantly. @@ -1256,12 +1185,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine * is available to endprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -1275,12 +1198,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1294,12 +1211,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/ #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -1313,17 +1224,28 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) /* HAS_GETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine @@ -1364,53 +1286,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/ #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1450,14 +1325,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1471,24 +1338,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1528,41 +1377,12 @@ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine @@ -1603,21 +1423,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1657,12 +1462,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/ #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -1702,14 +1501,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/ #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -1723,17 +1514,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/ #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - /* HAS_GMTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. @@ -1747,30 +1527,28 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine @@ -1798,91 +1576,25 @@ /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/ #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -# ifndef _MSC_VER -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ -# else -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -# endif -#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#endif -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available to setup fork handlers. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available to setup fork handlers. */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ @@ -1944,17 +1656,28 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ /* HAS_SETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine @@ -1969,12 +1692,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/ #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -2001,12 +1718,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine * is available to setnetent re-entrantly. @@ -2020,24 +1731,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2051,12 +1744,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. @@ -2070,12 +1757,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/ #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -2089,79 +1770,42 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine @@ -2189,39 +1833,75 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif /* HAS_STRERROR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine @@ -2236,30 +1916,6 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - /* HAS_TMPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. @@ -2286,335 +1942,117 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ - -/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the - * fork routine is available. +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* I_DIRENT: +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define I_GRP / **/ -/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/* I_GDBMNDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in RedHat 7.1. - */ -/* I_GDBM_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in Debian 4.0. - */ -/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/*#define I_NDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ -/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NETDB / **/ - -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD / **/ -/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ -/*#define PWAGE / **/ -/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ -/*#define PWCLASS / **/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ -/*#define PWGECOS / **/ -/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ - -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t long /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. - */ -#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK /* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl @@ -2626,13 +2064,6 @@ */ /*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - /* PRIVLIB: * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's @@ -2646,80 +2077,38 @@ #define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ #define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ +#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */ +#else +# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ +#endif /* USE_ITHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to @@ -2867,491 +2222,944 @@ /*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ /*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports + * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called + * from another translation unit. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. +/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static + * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will + * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, + * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined + * to something that gives static linkage. + * Possibilities include + * static inline (c99) + * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) + * static __inline (MSVC) + * static _inline (older MSVC) + * static (c89 compilers) */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ #else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ #endif -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +/*#define EBCDIC / **/ -/* CHARBITS: - * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ - -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define CASTI32 /**/ -#endif +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. +/* CAT2: + * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#undef STRINGIFY +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#undef STRINGIFY +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" +# define CPPMINUS "-" +# define CPPRUN "gcc -E" +#else +# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +# define CPPMINUS "" +# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#endif +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from + * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of + * the compiler version in . + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats + */ +/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: + * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ +/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ + +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. + */ +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. + */ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. + */ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ +/*#define DOSUID / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. + */ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +# ifndef _MSC_VER +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ +# else +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +# endif +#endif -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#endif +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ + +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ + +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. + */ +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. + */ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr + * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of + * the structure. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif - -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6 + * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ +#endif -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ -/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports - * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called - * from another translation unit. +/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the + * fork routine is available. */ -/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static - * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will - * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, - * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined - * to something that gives static linkage. - * Possibilities include - * static inline (c99) - * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) - * static __inline (MSVC) - * static _inline (older MSVC) - * static (c89 compilers) +/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ -#else -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. + */ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile #endif -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct + +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +/*#define I_GRP / **/ +/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ + +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +/* I_GDBMNDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in RedHat 7.1. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* I_GDBM_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in Debian 4.0. */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). +/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/*#define I_NDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ +/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ +/*#define I_NETDB / **/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ -/* I_TIME: +/* I_PWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . + * include . */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define I_PWD / **/ +/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ +/*#define PWAGE / **/ +/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ +/*#define PWCLASS / **/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ +/*#define PWGECOS / **/ +/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */ +#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args #else -# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ +#define _(args) () #endif -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define EBCDIC / **/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ -/*#define DOSUID / **/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif /* PERL_USE_DEVEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with @@ -3640,7 +3448,7 @@ /* HAS_GETESPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/ @@ -3781,7 +3589,7 @@ /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named * (with a suffix) temporary file. */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ @@ -3831,6 +3639,17 @@ */ /*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ +/* HAS_PRCTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME. + */ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/ + /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. @@ -4470,7 +4289,7 @@ /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant - * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary + * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. */ /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: @@ -4581,6 +4400,16 @@ */ #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/* ST_INO_SIZE: + * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. + */ +/* ST_INO_SIGN: + * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */ +#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */ + /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -4617,8 +4446,8 @@ * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 */ -#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ -#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/ @@ -4711,4 +4540,203 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS / **/ #endif +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t long /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 8 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc b/win32/config_H.vc index 53889c8..ddd93aa 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.vc +++ b/win32/config_H.vc @@ -1,20 +1,16 @@ -/* - * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which +/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by * running Configure. * * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. - * - * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ -/* - * Package name : perl5 +/* Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Sat Jan 9 17:22:03 2010 - * Configured by : Steve + * Configuration time: Wed Aug 31 22:05:09 2011 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -72,7 +68,7 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/ +#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is @@ -910,7 +906,7 @@ /* HAS_QUAD: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T, * or QUAD_IS___INT64. */ @@ -932,18 +928,28 @@ # define QUAD_IS___INT64 5 #endif -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -985,69 +991,54 @@ #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ -/* CAT2: - * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. */ -#ifndef __GNUC__ -# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -# define CPPMINUS "" -# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif #else -# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" -# define CPPMINUS "-" -# define CPPRUN "gcc -E" -#endif -#define CPPLAST "" +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) +/* CHARBITS: + * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is @@ -1068,53 +1059,34 @@ /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/ #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats - */ -/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: - * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define CASTI32 /**/ +#endif + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ -/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ /* HAS_CRYPT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine @@ -1129,17 +1101,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/ #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine * is available to ctermid re-entrantly. @@ -1179,26 +1140,12 @@ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/ #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_EACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is * available to do extended access checks. */ /*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. @@ -1212,12 +1159,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/ #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -1231,12 +1172,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine * is available to endnetent re-entrantly. @@ -1250,12 +1185,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine * is available to endprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -1269,12 +1198,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1288,12 +1211,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/ #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -1307,17 +1224,28 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) /* HAS_GETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine @@ -1358,53 +1286,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/ #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1444,14 +1325,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1465,24 +1338,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1522,41 +1377,12 @@ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine @@ -1597,21 +1423,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1651,12 +1462,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/ #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -1696,14 +1501,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/ #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -1717,17 +1514,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/ #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - /* HAS_GMTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. @@ -1741,30 +1527,28 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine @@ -1792,85 +1576,21 @@ /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/ #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -# ifndef __GNUC__ -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -# else -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ -# endif -#endif +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ /* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine @@ -1936,17 +1656,28 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ /* HAS_SETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine @@ -1961,12 +1692,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/ #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -1993,12 +1718,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine * is available to setnetent re-entrantly. @@ -2012,24 +1731,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2043,12 +1744,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. @@ -2062,12 +1757,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/ #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -2081,79 +1770,42 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine @@ -2181,39 +1833,75 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif /* HAS_STRERROR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine @@ -2228,30 +1916,6 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - /* HAS_TMPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. @@ -2278,1068 +1942,1212 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ - -/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the - * fork routine is available. +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* I_DIRENT: +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define I_GRP / **/ -/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/* I_GDBMNDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in RedHat 7.1. +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* I_GDBM_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in Debian 4.0. +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -/*#define I_NDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ -/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. */ -/*#define I_NETDB / **/ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + * Only valid up to 5.8.x. */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -#define Off_t long /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. +/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports + * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called + * from another translation unit. */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. +/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static + * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will + * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, + * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined + * to something that gives static linkage. + * Possibilities include + * static inline (c99) + * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) + * static __inline (MSVC) + * static _inline (older MSVC) + * static (c89 compilers) */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ +#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ +#ifndef __GNUC__ +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ +#else +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ +#endif -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. */ -#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ +/*#define EBCDIC / **/ -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* CAT2: + * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#ifndef __GNUC__ +# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +# define CPPMINUS "" +# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#else +# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" +# define CPPMINUS "-" +# define CPPRUN "gcc -E" +#endif +#define CPPLAST "" -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. +/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: + * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ +/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ #endif -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ +/*#define DOSUID / **/ -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - * Only valid up to 5.8.x. +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#endif - -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* CHARBITS: - * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. */ -#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ - -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define CASTI32 /**/ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +# ifndef __GNUC__ +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +# else +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ +# endif #endif -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ +#endif -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ +/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif +/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ -/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports - * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called - * from another translation unit. +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static - * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will - * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, - * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined - * to something that gives static linkage. - * Possibilities include - * static inline (c99) - * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) - * static __inline (MSVC) - * static _inline (older MSVC) - * static (c89 compilers) +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ -#ifndef __GNUC__ -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ -#else -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ -#endif +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr + * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of + * the structure. */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6 + * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ +#endif -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) + +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ + +/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the + * fork routine is available. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile +#endif -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. + */ +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. + */ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +/*#define I_GRP / **/ +/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ + +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +/* I_GDBMNDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in RedHat 7.1. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< exists and should + * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in Debian 4.0. + */ +/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. + */ +/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. + */ +/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. + */ +/*#define I_NDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ +/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ +/*#define I_NETDB / **/ -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_PWD / **/ +/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ +/*#define PWAGE / **/ +/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ +/*#define PWCLASS / **/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ +/*#define PWGECOS / **/ +/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ + +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ + +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ + +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. + */ +#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define EBCDIC / **/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ -/*#define DOSUID / **/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif /* PERL_USE_DEVEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with @@ -3628,7 +3436,7 @@ /* HAS_GETESPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/ @@ -3769,7 +3577,7 @@ /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named * (with a suffix) temporary file. */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ @@ -3819,6 +3627,17 @@ */ /*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ +/* HAS_PRCTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME. + */ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/ + /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. @@ -4458,7 +4277,7 @@ /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant - * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary + * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. */ /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: @@ -4564,6 +4383,16 @@ */ #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/* ST_INO_SIZE: + * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. + */ +/* ST_INO_SIGN: + * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */ +#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */ + /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -4600,8 +4429,8 @@ * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 */ -#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ -#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/ @@ -4694,4 +4523,203 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS / **/ #endif +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t long /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc64 b/win32/config_H.vc64 index cb031c4..0c015a4 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.vc64 +++ b/win32/config_H.vc64 @@ -1,20 +1,16 @@ -/* - * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which +/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by * running Configure. * * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. - * - * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ -/* - * Package name : perl5 +/* Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Sat Jan 9 17:22:03 2010 - * Configured by : Steve + * Configuration time: Wed Aug 31 22:05:09 2011 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -72,7 +68,7 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/ +#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is @@ -932,18 +928,28 @@ # define QUAD_IS___INT64 5 #endif -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -985,69 +991,54 @@ #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ -/* CAT2: - * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. */ -#ifndef __GNUC__ -# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -# define CPPMINUS "" -# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif #else -# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" -# define CPPMINUS "-" -# define CPPRUN "gcc -E" -#endif -#define CPPLAST "" +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) +/* CHARBITS: + * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is @@ -1068,53 +1059,34 @@ /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/ #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats - */ -/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: - * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions - */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define CASTI32 /**/ +#endif + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. */ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ -/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ /* HAS_CRYPT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine @@ -1129,17 +1101,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/ #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine * is available to ctermid re-entrantly. @@ -1179,26 +1140,12 @@ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/ #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_EACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is * available to do extended access checks. */ /*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. @@ -1212,12 +1159,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/ #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -1231,12 +1172,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine * is available to endnetent re-entrantly. @@ -1250,12 +1185,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine * is available to endprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -1269,12 +1198,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1288,12 +1211,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/ #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -1307,17 +1224,28 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) /* HAS_GETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine @@ -1358,53 +1286,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/ #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1444,14 +1325,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1465,24 +1338,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -1522,41 +1377,12 @@ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine @@ -1597,21 +1423,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. @@ -1651,12 +1462,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/ #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -1696,14 +1501,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/ #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -1717,17 +1514,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/ #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - /* HAS_GMTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. @@ -1741,30 +1527,28 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine @@ -1792,91 +1576,25 @@ /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/ #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -# ifndef __GNUC__ -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -# else -# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ -# endif -#endif +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#endif -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available to setup fork handlers. +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available to setup fork handlers. */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ @@ -1938,17 +1656,28 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ /* HAS_SETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine @@ -1963,12 +1692,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/ #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -1995,12 +1718,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine * is available to setnetent re-entrantly. @@ -2014,24 +1731,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2045,12 +1744,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. @@ -2064,12 +1757,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/ #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -2083,79 +1770,42 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine @@ -2183,39 +1833,75 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif /* HAS_STRERROR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine @@ -2230,30 +1916,6 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - /* HAS_TMPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. @@ -2280,335 +1942,117 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ - -/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the - * fork routine is available. +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* I_DIRENT: +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define I_GRP / **/ -/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_GDBMNDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in RedHat 7.1. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/* I_GDBM_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file - * in Debian 4.0. - */ -/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C - * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any - * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, - * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. - */ -/*#define I_NDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ -/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ -/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ -/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NETDB / **/ - -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD / **/ -/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ -/*#define PWAGE / **/ -/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ -/*#define PWCLASS / **/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ -/*#define PWGECOS / **/ -/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/ - -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t long /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. - */ -#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK /* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl @@ -2620,13 +2064,6 @@ */ /*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - /* PRIVLIB: * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's @@ -2640,80 +2077,38 @@ #define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ #define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/ -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif +#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ - -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +#ifndef __GNUC__ +# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ +#else +# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */ +#endif /* USE_ITHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to @@ -2861,491 +2222,938 @@ /*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ /*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports + * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called + * from another translation unit. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. +/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: + * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static + * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will + * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, + * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined + * to something that gives static linkage. + * Possibilities include + * static inline (c99) + * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) + * static __inline (MSVC) + * static _inline (older MSVC) + * static (c89 compilers) */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ +#ifndef __GNUC__ +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ #else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ #endif -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +/*#define EBCDIC / **/ -/* CHARBITS: - * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -#define CHARBITS 8 /**/ - -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define CASTI32 /**/ -#endif +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list +/* CAT2: + * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#ifndef __GNUC__ +# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +# define CPPMINUS "" +# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#else +# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" +# define CPPMINUS "-" +# define CPPRUN "gcc -E" +#endif +#define CPPLAST "" -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) +/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: + * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs + */ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/ +/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ #endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ +/*#define DOSUID / **/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +# ifndef __GNUC__ +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +# else +# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ +# endif +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ #endif +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ + +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ -/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports - * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called - * from another translation unit. +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE: - * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static - * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will - * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, - * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined - * to something that gives static linkage. - * Possibilities include - * static inline (c99) - * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) - * static __inline (MSVC) - * static _inline (older MSVC) - * static (c89 compilers) +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/ -#ifndef __GNUC__ -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/ -#else -# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/ + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr + * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of + * the structure. + */ +/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6 + * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id. + */ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ +#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/ + +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. + */ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ #endif -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) + +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ + +/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the + * fork routine is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". + */ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. + */ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile #endif -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. + */ +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. + */ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct + +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP / **/ +/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ + +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/* I_GDBMNDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in RedHat 7.1. + */ +/* I_GDBM_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file + * in Debian 4.0. + */ +/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). +/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that uses real ANSI C + * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any + * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, + * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/*#define I_NDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/ +/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/ +/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ +/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ +/*#define I_NETDB / **/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ -/* I_TIME: +/* I_PWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . + * include . */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define I_PWD / **/ +/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ +/*#define PWAGE / **/ +/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ +/*#define PWCLASS / **/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ +/*#define PWGECOS / **/ +/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. */ -#ifndef __GNUC__ -# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ +#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args #else -# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */ +#define _(args) () #endif -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define EBCDIC / **/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ -/*#define DOSUID / **/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif /* PERL_USE_DEVEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with @@ -3634,7 +3442,7 @@ /* HAS_GETESPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/ @@ -3775,7 +3583,7 @@ /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named * (with a suffix) temporary file. */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ @@ -3825,6 +3633,17 @@ */ /*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ +/* HAS_PRCTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is + * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME. + */ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/ + /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. @@ -4464,7 +4283,7 @@ /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant - * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary + * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. */ /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: @@ -4575,6 +4394,16 @@ */ #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/* ST_INO_SIZE: + * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. + */ +/* ST_INO_SIGN: + * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */ +#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */ + /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -4611,8 +4440,8 @@ * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 */ -#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ -#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ +#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/ #define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/ @@ -4705,4 +4534,203 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS / **/ #endif +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t long /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 8 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif -- 1.8.3.1